3. Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

131. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].

132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.

Vassakārabrāhmaṇo

133. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.

Rājaaparihāniyadhammā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
大般涅槃经
我是这样听说的 - 有一次,世尊住在王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)耆阇崛山。那时,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征服跋耆国。他说:"我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受灾难和不幸。"
于是,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子召唤摩揭陀国大臣雨行婆罗门说:"来吧,婆罗门,你去世尊那里;到了之后,以我的名义向世尊顶礼,询问他是否少病、少恼、轻安、有力、安乐 - '尊者,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子向世尊顶礼,询问世尊是否少病、少恼、轻安、有力、安乐。'然后这样说:'尊者,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征服跋耆国。他说:"我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受灾难和不幸。"'世尊如何回答,你要好好记住并告诉我。因为如来不说虚妄之言。"
雨行婆罗门
"遵命,陛下。"雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣回答摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子后,准备好最好的车辆,登上最好的车辆,乘着最好的车辆从王舍城出发,前往耆阇崛山。车辆所能到达的地方坐车前行,然后下车步行前往世尊所在之处;到达后与世尊互相问候。寒暄礼节完毕后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣对世尊说:"尊敬的乔达摩,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子向尊敬的乔达摩顶礼,询问您是否少病、少恼、轻安、有力、安乐。尊敬的乔达摩,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子想要征服跋耆国。他说:'我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有力的跋耆人,我要毁灭跋耆人,我要使跋耆人遭受灾难和不幸。'"
国王不衰败之法

134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ , ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni

Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那时,尊者阿难站在世尊身后为世尊扇凉。于是世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你听说过'跋耆人经常集会,频繁集会'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人经常集会,频繁集会'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续经常集会,频繁集会,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人和谐集会,和谐散会,和谐处理跋耆事务'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人和谐集会,和谐散会,和谐处理跋耆事务'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续和谐集会,和谐散会,和谐处理跋耆事务,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人不制定未经制定的法规,不废除已经制定的法规,按照古老的跋耆法规生活'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人不制定未经制定的法规,不废除已经制定的法规,按照古老的跋耆法规生活'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续不制定未经制定的法规,不废除已经制定的法规,按照古老的跋耆法规生活,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的长老,并认为应该听从他们的意见'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的长老,并认为应该听从他们的意见'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆的长老,并认为应该听从他们的意见,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人不以武力掳掠良家妇女和少女'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人不以武力掳掠良家妇女和少女'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续不以武力掳掠良家妇女和少女,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆国内外的神庙,不减少以前给予这些神庙的合法供奉和祭品'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆国内外的神庙,不减少以前给予这些神庙的合法供奉和祭品'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜跋耆国内外的神庙,不减少以前给予这些神庙的合法供奉和祭品,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
阿难,你听说过'跋耆人为阿罗汉安排了适当的保护、庇护和支持,使未来的阿罗汉能来到他们的国土,已来的阿罗汉能在他们的国土中安乐居住'吗?"
"世尊,我听说过'跋耆人为阿罗汉安排了适当的保护、庇护和支持,使未来的阿罗汉能来到他们的国土,已来的阿罗汉能在他们的国土中安乐居住'。"
"阿难,只要跋耆人继续为阿罗汉安排适当的保护、庇护和支持,使未来的阿罗汉能来到他们的国土,已来的阿罗汉能在他们的国土中安乐居住,阿难,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。"

135. Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā

136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后世尊对雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣说:"婆罗门,有一次我住在毗舍离(现在的瓦伊沙利)的沙兰达神庙。在那里,我为跋耆人讲述了这七种不衰败之法。婆罗门,只要这七种不衰败之法在跋耆人中存在,只要跋耆人遵循这七种不衰败之法,婆罗门,跋耆人就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。"
听到这话,雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣对世尊说:"尊敬的乔达摩,即使只具备一种不衰败之法,跋耆人也可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落,更不用说七种了。尊敬的乔达摩,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子不可能通过战争征服跋耆人,除非通过离间计或内部分裂。好了,尊敬的乔达摩,我们现在要走了,我们有许多事务和职责。"
"婆罗门,你认为现在是时候就请便吧。"于是雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣欢喜赞同世尊的话,从座位起身离去。
比丘不衰败之法
雨行婆罗门摩揭陀国大臣离去不久,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你去把所有住在王舍城附近的比丘都召集到集会堂来。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊,然后把所有住在王舍城附近的比丘都召集到集会堂,然后走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,比丘僧团已经集合,请世尊认为现在是时候了。"
于是世尊从座位起身,走向集会堂;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,我要为你们讲述七种不衰败之法,请仔细听,好好思考,我要讲了。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,只要比丘们继续经常集会,频繁集会,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续和谐集会,和谐散会,和谐处理僧团事务,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续不制定未经制定的规则,不废除已经制定的规则,按照已制定的学处生活,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续尊重、敬重、尊敬、崇拜那些长老比丘、久修行者、出家已久者、僧团之父、僧团之导,并认为应该听从他们的意见,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续不受已生起的导致再生的渴爱所控制,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续珍视林间住处,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们继续各自保持正念,想着'愿未来的善良同修能来,已来的善良同修能安乐居住',比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要这七种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这七种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。

137. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

138. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

139. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.

140. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"比丘们,我还要为你们讲述另外七种不衰败之法,请仔细听,好好思考,我要讲了。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,只要比丘们不喜爱俗务,不乐于俗务,不沉溺于喜爱俗务,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不喜爱闲谈,不乐于闲谈,不沉溺于喜爱闲谈,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不喜爱睡眠,不乐于睡眠,不沉溺于喜爱睡眠,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不喜爱群聚,不乐于群聚,不沉溺于喜爱群聚,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不怀恶欲,不受恶欲所控制,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不结交恶友,不与恶人为伴,不与恶人亲近,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们不因获得微小的成就就中途停止,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要这七种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这七种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
"比丘们,我还要为你们讲述另外七种不衰败之法......比丘们,只要比丘们有信仰......有惭愧心......有畏惧心......多闻......精进......保持正念......有智慧,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。比丘们,只要这七种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这七种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
"比丘们,我还要为你们讲述另外七种不衰败之法,请仔细听,好好思考,我要讲了。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,只要比丘们修习念觉支......择法觉支......精进觉支......喜觉支......轻安觉支......定觉支......舍觉支,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要这七种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这七种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
"比丘们,我还要为你们讲述另外七种不衰败之法,请仔细听,好好思考,我要讲了。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,只要比丘们修习无常想......无我想......不净想......过患想......断想......离欲想......灭想,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要这七种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这七种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。

141. ‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

142. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

143. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane .

Sāriputtasīhanādo



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"比丘们,我要为你们讲述六种不衰败之法,请仔细听,好好思考,我要讲了。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,只要比丘们在公开和私下对同修表现慈爱的身业,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们在公开和私下对同修表现慈爱的语业......慈爱的意业,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们对于如法获得的利养,哪怕只是钵中的食物,也与持戒的同修平等分享,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们在公开和私下与同修共同遵守那些不破、不穿、不杂、不污、自在、智者称赞、不执著、导向定的戒律,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要比丘们在公开和私下与同修共同持有那种圣者的、出离的、能正确导向苦灭的见解,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。
比丘们,只要这六种不衰败之法在比丘们中存在,只要比丘们遵循这六种不衰败之法,比丘们就可以期待繁荣,而不是衰落。"
那时,世尊住在王舍城(现在的拉杰吉尔)耆阇崛山,经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
然后,世尊在王舍城住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去芒果树苗圃。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了芒果树苗圃。在那里,世尊住在王的休息处。在那里,世尊住在芒果树苗圃的王的休息处时,也经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
然后,世尊在芒果树苗圃住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去那烂陀。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了那烂陀,在那里,世尊住在波婆利迦芒果园。
舍利弗狮子吼

145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.

‘‘Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?

146. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.

147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

Dussīlaādīnavā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,尊者舍利弗走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者舍利弗对世尊说:"世尊,我如此信仰世尊;过去没有,将来不会有,现在也没有其他沙门或婆罗门在正等觉方面比世尊更殊胜。"
"舍利弗,你说了这样高尚的话,作出了这样明确的断言,发出了这样的狮子吼:'世尊,我如此信仰世尊;过去没有,将来不会有,现在也没有其他沙门或婆罗门在正等觉方面比世尊更殊胜。'
舍利弗,你是否以心识了解过去的阿罗汉、正等正觉者的心,知道'那些世尊是这样的戒行,这样的法,这样的智慧,这样的生活,这样的解脱'?"
"不是的,世尊。"
"那么,舍利弗,你是否以心识了解未来的阿罗汉、正等正觉者的心,知道'那些世尊将是这样的戒行,这样的法,这样的智慧,这样的生活,这样的解脱'?"
"不是的,世尊。"
"那么,舍利弗,你是否以心识了解我这位现在的阿罗汉、正等正觉者的心,知道'世尊是这样的戒行,这样的法,这样的智慧,这样的生活,这样的解脱'?"
"不是的,世尊。"
"舍利弗,既然你对过去、未来、现在的阿罗汉、正等正觉者没有他心通,那么你为什么说了这样高尚的话,作出了这样明确的断言,发出了这样的狮子吼:'世尊,我如此信仰世尊;过去没有,将来不会有,现在也没有其他沙门或婆罗门在正等觉方面比世尊更殊胜'?"
"世尊,我虽然没有对过去、未来、现在的阿罗汉、正等正觉者的他心通,但我知道法的必然性。世尊,就像一个边境城市,城墙高大坚固,只有一个城门,那里有一个聪明、有智慧、有才能的守门人,阻止陌生人进入,允许熟人进入。他在城市周围的巡逻道上巡视,看不到城墙的缝隙或裂缝,甚至连一只猫能钻出去的洞都没有。他会这样想:'任何大型生物进出这座城市,都必须从这个城门进出。'同样地,世尊,我知道法的必然性:'世尊,过去的阿罗汉、正等正觉者,都是在断除了五盖,去除了使慧力减弱的心的污染,在四念处中确立了心,如实修习了七觉支后,证得无上正等正觉。世尊,未来的阿罗汉、正等正觉者,也都将在断除了五盖,去除了使慧力减弱的心的污染,在四念处中确立了心,如实修习了七觉支后,证得无上正等正觉。世尊,现在的阿罗汉、正等正觉者,也是在断除了五盖,去除了使慧力减弱的心的污染,在四念处中确立了心,如实修习了七觉支后,证得无上正等正觉。'"
在那里,世尊住在那烂陀的波婆利迦芒果园时,也经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
破戒的过患

148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.

149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

Sīlavantaānisaṃsa



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊在那烂陀住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去巴特利村。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了巴特利村。巴特利村的优婆塞听说:"据说世尊已经到达巴特利村了。"于是巴特利村的优婆塞走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的巴特利村优婆塞对世尊说:"世尊,请接受我们的休息处。"世尊以沉默表示接受。
然后,巴特利村的优婆塞知道世尊已经接受,就从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后走向休息处;到达后,铺设休息处的全部地面,准备座位,放置水罐,点燃油灯,然后走向世尊,到达后向世尊礼拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的巴特利村优婆塞对世尊说:"世尊,休息处已经全部铺设好了,座位已经准备好了,水罐已经放置好了,油灯已经点燃了;请世尊认为现在是时候了。"
于是世尊在傍晚时分,穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起走向休息处;到达后洗脚,进入休息处,靠着中间的柱子面向东方坐下。比丘僧团也洗脚后进入休息处,靠着西墙面向东方坐下,以世尊为首。巴特利村的优婆塞也洗脚后进入休息处,靠着东墙面向西方坐下,以世尊为首。
然后,世尊对巴特利村的优婆塞说:"居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失有这五种过患。哪五种?在这里,居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失,由于放逸而遭受巨大的财产损失。这是破戒者因戒行缺失的第一种过患。
再者,居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失,恶名声传播。这是破戒者因戒行缺失的第二种过患。
再者,居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失,无论走进哪种集会 - 无论是刹帝利集会、婆罗门集会、居士集会还是沙门集会 - 都会不自信、羞愧地走进去。这是破戒者因戒行缺失的第三种过患。
再者,居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失,死时会陷入迷乱。这是破戒者因戒行缺失的第四种过患。
再者,居士们,破戒者因戒行缺失,身坏命终后会投生到恶趣、堕处、地狱。这是破戒者因戒行缺失的第五种过患。
居士们,这就是破戒者因戒行缺失的五种过患。
持戒的利益

150. ‘‘Pañcime , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.

151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ

152. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满有这五种利益。哪五种?在这里,居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满,由于不放逸而获得巨大的财富。这是持戒者因戒行圆满的第一种利益。
再者,居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满,美好的名声传播。这是持戒者因戒行圆满的第二种利益。
再者,居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满,无论走进哪种** - 无论是刹帝利**、婆罗门**、居士还是沙门 - 都会自信、不羞愧地走进去。这是持戒者因戒行圆满的第三种利益。
再者,居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满,死时不会陷入迷乱。这是持戒者因戒行圆满的第四种利益。
再者,居士们,持戒者因戒行圆满,身坏命终后会投生到善趣、天界。这是持戒者因戒行圆满的第五种利益。
居士们,这就是持戒者因戒行圆满的五种利益。"
然后,世尊用法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜巴特利村的优婆塞们很长时间,然后让他们离开:"居士们,夜已深了,你们认为现在是时候就请便吧。"
"是,世尊。"巴特利村的优婆塞回答世尊,然后从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离去。然后世尊在巴特利村的优婆塞们离去不久后,进入空房。
建造巴特利城
那时,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵御跋耆人。那时,成千上万的神灵在巴特利村占据地盘。在大能神灵占据地盘的地方,有大能的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在中等神灵占据地盘的地方,有中等的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在低等神灵占据地盘的地方,有低等的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。
世尊以清净超人的天眼看到那些成千上万的神灵在巴特利村占据地盘。然后世尊在夜晚的后分起身,对尊者阿难说:"阿难,谁在巴特利村建造城市?"
"世尊,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵御跋耆人。"
"阿难,就像与三十三天的天神商议一样,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗正在巴特利村建造城市,以抵御跋耆人。阿难,我在这里以清净超人的天眼看到成千上万的神灵在巴特利村占据地盘。阿难,在大能神灵占据地盘的地方,有大能的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在中等神灵占据地盘的地方,有中等的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。在低等神灵占据地盘的地方,有低等的国王和大臣们的心倾向于在那里建造住所。阿难,只要有圣人的领域,只要有商业的道路,这个巴特利城将成为主要的城市,成为商品集散地。阿难,巴特利城将有三种危险 - 火灾、水灾或内部分裂。"

153. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;

Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo [brahmacārino (syā.)].

‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;

Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;

Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

154. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;

Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā’’ti.

Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

Ariyasaccakathā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗走向世尊;到达后与世尊互相问候,寒暄后站在一旁。站在一旁的摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗对世尊说:"请尊敬的乔达摩接受我们今天的食物供养,连同比丘僧团。"世尊以沉默表示接受。
然后,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗知道世尊已经接受,就走向自己的住处;到达后在自己的住处准备精美的硬食软食,然后派人通知世尊时间已到:"尊敬的乔达摩,时间到了,食物已经准备好了。"
然后,世尊在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起走向摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗的住处;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。然后摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗亲手以精美的硬食软食供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,使他们满足。然后摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗在世尊用完餐,放下钵后,拿了一个低矮的座位,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗,世尊用这些偈颂随喜:
"智者在何处居住,
应在此处供养持戒者,自制的梵行者。
那里的神灵,应向他们回向功德,
他们受到供养就会供养他,受到尊重就会尊重他。
然后他们会怜悯他,如母亲怜悯亲生儿子,
受到神灵怜悯的人,总是看到吉祥之事。"
然后世尊用这些偈颂对摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗随喜后,从座位起身离去。
那时,摩揭陀大臣苏尼陀和伐沙迦罗紧跟在世尊身后:"沙门乔达摩今天从哪个门出去,那个门就叫做乔达摩门。他从哪个渡口渡过恒河,那个渡口就叫做乔达摩渡口。"然后世尊从一个门出去,那个门就叫做乔达摩门。然后世尊走向恒河。那时,恒河水满溢,水平与岸齐,乌鸦可以喝到。一些人在寻找船,一些人在寻找筏,一些人在扎木排,想要从此岸到彼岸。然后世尊就像一个强壮的人伸直弯曲的手臂或弯曲伸直的手臂那样,在恒河此岸消失,出现在彼岸,与比丘僧团在一起。
世尊看到那些人,一些在寻找船,一些在寻找筏,一些在扎木排,想要从此岸到彼岸。然后世尊知道这件事的意义,在那时说出这个自说:
"那些渡过海洋、池塘的人,造桥梁而避开沼泽,
人们扎木排,但智者已经渡过。"
第一诵品完。
圣谛之谈

155. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;

Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.

Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;

Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā

156. Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去拘利村。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了拘利村。在那里,世尊住在拘利村。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:
"比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达四圣谛,我和你们长久以来就这样奔走、轮回。哪四种?比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达苦圣谛,我和你们长久以来就这样奔走、轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达苦集圣谛,我和你们长久以来就这样奔走、轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达苦灭圣谛,我和你们长久以来就这样奔走、轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达导向苦灭的道圣谛,我和你们长久以来就这样奔走、轮回。比丘们,现在这苦圣谛已被觉悟、通达,苦集圣谛已被觉悟、通达,苦灭圣谛已被觉悟、通达,导向苦灭的道圣谛已被觉悟、通达,有爱已被断除,再有之因已灭尽,现在不再有再生。"世尊说了这些。说了这些后,善逝、导师又说了这些:
"由于不如实见四圣谛,
长久以来轮回于各种生中。
现在这些已被见到,再有之因已被除去,
苦的根本已被切断,现在不再有再生。"
在那里,世尊住在拘利村时,也经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
不再返回、以正觉为归依
然后,世尊在拘利村住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去那提迦。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了那提迦。在那里,世尊住在那提迦的砖房。然后尊者阿难走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,名叫沙罗的比丘在那提迦去世了,他的去处是什么,他的来世是什么?世尊,名叫难陀的比丘尼在那提迦去世了,她的去处是什么,她的来世是什么?世尊,名叫须达多的优婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去处是什么,他的来世是什么?世尊,名叫须阇陀的优婆夷在那提迦去世了,她的去处是什么,她的来世是什么?世尊,名叫鸡的优婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去处是什么,他的来世是什么?世尊,名叫迦林波的优婆塞......世尊,名叫尼迦陀的优婆塞......世尊,名叫迦提沙诃的优婆塞......世尊,名叫图特的优婆塞......世尊,名叫桑图特的优婆塞......世尊,名叫跋陀的优婆塞......世尊,名叫须跋陀的优婆塞在那提迦去世了,他的去处是什么,他的来世是什么?"

157. ‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā

158. ‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.

159. ‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?

‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.

‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.

‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.

‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –

‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,比丘沙罗由于诸漏已尽,在现法中自己证知、实现、具足并安住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。阿难,比丘尼难陀由于五下分结已尽,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不再从那个世界返回。阿难,优婆塞须达多由于三结已尽,贪、嗔、痴已减弱,是一来者,还要再来这个世界一次就能作苦的终结。阿难,优婆夷须阇陀由于三结已尽,是预流者,不堕恶趣,必定趣向正觉。阿难,优婆塞鸡由于五下分结已尽,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不再从那个世界返回。阿难,优婆塞迦林波......阿难,优婆塞尼迦陀......阿难,优婆塞迦提沙诃......阿难,优婆塞图特......阿难,优婆塞桑图特......阿难,优婆塞跋陀......阿难,优婆塞须跋陀由于五下分结已尽,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不再从那个世界返回。阿难,在那提迦去世的五十多位优婆塞,由于五下分结已尽,是化生者,在那里般涅槃,不再从那个世界返回。阿难,在那提迦去世的九十多位优婆塞,由于三结已尽,贪、嗔、痴已减弱,是一来者,还要再来这个世界一次就能作苦的终结。阿难,在那提迦去世的五百多位优婆塞,由于三结已尽,是预流者,不堕恶趣,必定趣向正觉。
法镜法门
"阿难,一个人类死亡并不奇怪。如果每次有人死亡你们都来问如来这件事,那会使如来疲劳。因此,阿难,我要讲一个名为法镜的法门,具足这个法门的圣弟子如果愿意,就能自己宣说自己:'我已尽地狱,已尽畜生道,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,必定趣向正觉。'
"阿难,什么是法镜法门,具足这个法门的圣弟子如果愿意,就能自己宣说自己:'我已尽地狱,已尽畜生道,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,必定趣向正觉'?
阿难,在这里,圣弟子对佛具足不动的净信:'世尊是阿罗汉、正等正觉、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。'
对法具足不动的净信:'法由世尊善说,现见性,无时性,来见性,导向性,智者各自证知。'
对僧具足不动的净信:'世尊的弟子僧团是善行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是正直行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是如理行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是和敬行道者,也就是四双八辈。这个世尊的弟子僧团值得供养,值得款待,值得布施,值得合掌,是世间无上的福田。'
具足圣者所爱戒,不破、不穿、不杂、不污、自在、智者称赞、不执著、导向定。
阿难,这就是法镜法门,具足这个法门的圣弟子如果愿意,就能自己宣说自己:'我已尽地狱,已尽畜生道,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、堕处、恶道,我是预流者,不堕恶趣,必定趣向正觉。'"
在那里,世尊住在那提迦的砖房时,也经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:
"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"

160. Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.

‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.

Ambapālīgaṇikā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊在那提迦住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去毗舍离。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了毗舍离。在那里,世尊住在毗舍离的庵婆波利园。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:
"比丘们,比丘应当保持正念、正知而住,这是我对你们的教导。比丘们,比丘如何保持正念?在这里,比丘们,比丘对身体随观身体而住,热诚、正知、具念,除去对世间的贪欲和忧恼。对感受随观感受......对心随观心......对法随观法而住,热诚、正知、具念,除去对世间的贪欲和忧恼。比丘们,这就是比丘如何保持正念。
比丘们,比丘如何保持正知?在这里,比丘们,比丘在前进、后退时保持正知,在前视、后视时保持正知,在屈伸肢体时保持正知,在穿袈裟、持钵、着衣时保持正知,在吃、喝、咀嚼、品尝时保持正知,在大小便时保持正知,在行、住、坐、卧、醒、语、默时保持正知。比丘们,这就是比丘如何保持正知。比丘们,比丘应当保持正念、正知而住,这是我对你们的教导。"
庵婆波利妓女

161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti [‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (syā.)].

Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
庵婆波利妓女听说:"据说世尊已到达毗舍离,住在我的芒果园里。"于是庵婆波利妓女让人准备好几辆华丽的车,自己登上一辆华丽的车,乘着这些华丽的车从毗舍离出发。她朝自己的园林驶去。车能行驶的地方就乘车,不能行驶的地方就下车步行,走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜坐在一旁的庵婆波利妓女。然后,被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜的庵婆波利妓女对世尊说:"世尊,请接受我明天的食物供养,连同比丘僧团。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然后庵婆波利妓女知道世尊已经接受,就从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离去。
毗舍离的离车族人听说:"据说世尊已到达毗舍离,住在庵婆波利园。"于是那些离车族人让人准备好几辆华丽的车,自己登上华丽的车,乘着这些华丽的车从毗舍离出发。其中一些离车族人是蓝色的,蓝色皮肤,蓝色衣服,蓝色装饰;一些离车族人是黄色的,黄色皮肤,黄色衣服,黄色装饰;一些离车族人是红色的,红色皮肤,红色衣服,红色装饰;一些离车族人是白色的,白色皮肤,白色衣服,白色装饰。然后庵婆波利妓女让自己的车轴对着年轻离车族人的车轴,车轮对着车轮,车轭对着车轭。于是那些离车族人对庵婆波利妓女说:"喂,庵婆波利,你为什么让自己的车轴对着年轻离车族人的车轴,车轮对着车轮,车轭对着车轭?"
"因为,贵公子们,世尊已经接受了我明天的食物供养,连同比丘僧团。"
"喂,庵婆波利,把这顿饭让给我们,十万金币。"
"贵公子们,即使你们把毗舍离连同它的领地给我,我也不会让出这顿饭。"
于是那些离车族人弹指说:"哎呀,我们被这女人打败了!哎呀,我们被这女人打败了!"
然后那些离车族人朝庵婆波利园驶去。世尊远远地看到那些离车族人来。看到后对比丘们说:"比丘们,那些没见过三十三天诸天的比丘,请看离车族的集会;比丘们,请观察离车族的集会;比丘们,请比较离车族的集会 - 它像三十三天。"然后那些离车族人车能行驶的地方就乘车,不能行驶的地方就下车步行,走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜坐在一旁的那些离车族人。然后,被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜的那些离车族人对世尊说:"世尊,请接受我们明天的食物供养,连同比丘僧团。"于是世尊对那些离车族人说:"离车族人,我已经接受了庵婆波利妓女明天的食物供养。"于是那些离车族人弹指说:"哎呀,我们被这女人打败了!哎呀,我们被这女人打败了!"然后那些离车族人欢喜、随喜世尊的话,从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离去。

162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ

163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.

164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,庵婆波利在那夜过后,在自己的园林里准备了精美的硬食软食,派人通知世尊时间已到:"世尊,时间到了,食物已经准备好了。"于是世尊在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起走向庵婆波利的住处;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。然后庵婆波利亲手以精美的硬食软食供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,使他们满足。然后庵婆波利在世尊用完餐,放下钵后,拿了一个低矮的座位,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的庵婆波利对世尊说:"世尊,我把这个园林布施给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。"世尊接受了这个园林。然后世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令欢喜庵婆波利后,从座位起身离去。在那里,世尊住在毗舍离的庵婆波利园时,也经常为比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培养的定果报大、利益大。定所培养的慧果报大、利益大。慧所培养的心正确地从诸漏中解脱,也就是欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
在竹村安居
然后,世尊在庵婆波利园住了适当的时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去竹村。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。于是世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了竹村。在那里,世尊住在竹村。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,你们去毗舍离周围,根据朋友关系、熟识关系、亲密关系安居。我要在这里竹村安居。"
"是,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊后,就去毗舍离周围,根据朋友关系、熟识关系、亲密关系安居。而世尊就在那里竹村安居。
然后,世尊在安居期间生了重病,产生剧烈的、濒死的痛苦。世尊正念正知地忍受,不受困扰。然后世尊想:"如果我不告诉侍者,不通知比丘僧团就入灭,这对我来说是不恰当的。我应该以精进力驱除这个病,住于决意维持生命。"于是世尊以精进力驱除那个病,住于决意维持生命。然后世尊的那个病平息了。然后世尊从病中康复,刚刚康复不久,从住处出来,坐在住处背后准备好的座位上。然后尊者阿难走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,我看到世尊安康;世尊,我看到世尊能忍受,但是因为世尊的病,我的身体好像变得无力,方向也不清楚,法也不明了。不过,世尊,我还有一点安慰 - 世尊不会在没有对比丘僧团说些什么之前就入灭。"

165. ‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo . Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.

Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

Nimittobhāsakathā

166. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,比丘僧团对我还有什么期待吗?我已经把法无内外地教导了。阿难,如来对法没有师拳。阿难,如果有人这样想:'我要照顾比丘僧团'或'比丘僧团是属于我的',他才会对比丘僧团说些什么。阿难,如来不这样想:'我要照顾比丘僧团'或'比丘僧团是属于我的'。阿难,如来还会对比丘僧团说些什么吗?阿难,我现在已经衰老、年迈、高龄、到了晚年、年纪大了。我已经八十岁了。阿难,就像一辆破旧的车靠修补才能行驶,同样地,阿难,我觉得如来的身体也是靠修补才能维持。阿难,当如来不作意一切相,灭除某些感受,进入无相心定而住时,那时如来的身体会更舒适。因此,阿难,你们要以自己为洲,以自己为归依,不以其他为归依;以法为洲,以法为归依,不以其他为归依。阿难,比丘如何以自己为洲,以自己为归依,不以其他为归依;以法为洲,以法为归依,不以其他为归依?在这里,阿难,比丘对身体随观身体而住,热诚、正知、具念,除去对世间的贪欲和忧恼。对感受......对心......对法随观法而住,热诚、正知、具念,除去对世间的贪欲和忧恼。阿难,这就是比丘如何以自己为洲,以自己为归依,不以其他为归依;以法为洲,以法为归依,不以其他为归依。阿难,现在或我去世后,凡以自己为洲,以自己为归依,不以其他为归依;以法为洲,以法为归依,不以其他为归依的人,只要他们喜爱学习,他们就会成为我最上等的比丘。"
第二诵品。
关于显示征兆的谈话
然后,世尊在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,进入毗舍离乞食。在毗舍离乞食后,饭后回来,对尊者阿难说:"阿难,拿坐具,我们去遮波罗塔进行午休。"
"是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,拿着坐具跟在世尊后面。然后世尊走向遮波罗塔;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。尊者阿难也向世尊礼拜后,坐在一旁。

167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

Mārayācanakathā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
世尊对坐在一旁的尊者阿难说:"阿难,毗舍离很迷人,乌提那塔很迷人,乔达摩塔很迷人,七芒果塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,沙兰达达塔很迷人,遮波罗塔很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。"即使世尊作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示,尊者阿难也没能领悟;没有请求世尊:"世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。"这是因为他的心被魔罗所迷惑。第二次......第三次世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,毗舍离很迷人,乌提那塔很迷人,乔达摩塔很迷人,七芒果塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,沙兰达达塔很迷人,遮波罗塔很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。"即使世尊作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示,尊者阿难也没能领悟;没有请求世尊:"世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。"这是因为他的心被魔罗所迷惑。然后世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你去吧,现在你认为是时候了。""是,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,从座位起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后,坐在不远处的一棵树下。
魔罗的请求的谈话

168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni , bhante, bhagavato.


这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,在尊者阿难离开不久,恶魔波旬走向世尊;到达后站在一旁。站在一旁的恶魔波旬对世尊说:"世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:'恶者啊,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。'世尊,现在您的比丘弟子们已经成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。
世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:'恶者啊,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的比丘尼弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。'世尊,现在您的比丘尼弟子们已经成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。
世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:'恶者啊,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的优婆塞弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。'世尊,现在您的优婆塞弟子们已经成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。


‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti .

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.

Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ

169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu . Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.

Mahābhūmicālahetu

170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:'恶者啊,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的优婆夷们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。'世尊,现在您的优婆夷们已经成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。
世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:'恶者啊,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的这个梵行生活不兴盛、繁荣、广大、众所周知、广为流传,直到被天人善加宣说。'世尊,现在您的梵行生活已经兴盛、繁荣、广大、众所周知、广为流传,已被天人善加宣说。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。"
说了这些后,世尊对恶魔波旬说:"恶者,你放心吧,如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从今天起三个月后,如来将入般涅槃。"
舍弃寿行
然后,世尊在遮波罗塔正念正知地舍弃了寿行。当世尊舍弃寿行时,发生了大地震,可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的,天鼓也响起。然后,世尊知道这件事的意义,在那时说出这个自说:
"牟尼舍弃了可衡量和不可衡量的生存,
内心喜悦、专注,
如同自我生成般破碎了铠甲。"
大地震的原因
然后,尊者阿难想:"真是奇妙啊,真是稀有啊,这真是一次大地震;这真是一次巨大的、可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的地震;天鼓也响起。什么是这次大地震发生的原因和条件呢?"
然后,尊者阿难走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,真是奇妙,世尊,真是稀有,世尊,这真是一次大地震;世尊,这真是一次巨大的、可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的地震;天鼓也响起。世尊,什么是这次大地震发生的原因和条件呢?"

171. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.

Aṭṭha parisā

172. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.

Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,有八种原因,八种条件导致大地震的发生。是哪八种?阿难,这大地依水而立,水依风而立,风依空而立。阿难,有时大风吹起。大风吹起时,水动摇。水动摇时,大地动摇。这是第一个原因,第一个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,有沙门或婆罗门具有神通,能随心所欲,或有大神通、大威力的天神,他们修习了有限的地想,无量的水想。他使这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第二个原因,第二个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当菩萨正念正知地从兜率天下降,进入母胎时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第三个原因,第三个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当菩萨正念正知地从母胎出生时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第四个原因,第四个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当如来证得无上正等正觉时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第五个原因,第五个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当如来转无上法轮时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第六个原因,第六个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当如来正念正知地舍弃寿行时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第七个原因,第七个条件导致大地震的发生。
再者,阿难,当如来在无余涅槃界入般涅槃时,这大地震动、摇动、强烈震动、颤动。这是第八个原因,第八个条件导致大地震的发生。阿难,这就是八种原因,八种条件导致大地震的发生。"
八众
"阿难,有这八种众。哪八种?刹帝利众、婆罗门众、居士众、沙门众、四大王天众、三十三天众、魔众、梵众。阿难,我记得曾经接近过数百个刹帝利众。在那里,我曾经与他们一起坐、交谈、讨论。我的肤色就像他们的肤色,我的声音就像他们的声音。我以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令他们欢喜。当我说话时,他们不知道:'这是谁在说话,是天还是人?'我以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令他们欢喜后就消失了。我消失后,他们不知道:'这是谁消失了,是天还是人?'阿难,我记得曾经接近过数百个婆罗门众......居士众......沙门众......四大王天众......三十三天众......魔众......梵众。在那里,我曾经与他们一起坐、交谈、讨论。我的肤色就像他们的肤色,我的声音就像他们的声音。我以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令他们欢喜。当我说话时,他们不知道:'这是谁在说话,是天还是人?'我以法谈开示、劝导、鼓舞、令他们欢喜后就消失了。我消失后,他们不知道:'这是谁消失了,是天还是人?'阿难,这就是八众。
八胜处

173. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.

Aṭṭha vimokkhā

174. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,有这八种胜处。哪八种?内有色想,外观少量美色丑色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第一胜处。
内有色想,外观无量美色丑色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第二胜处。
内无色想,外观少量美色丑色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第三胜处。
内无色想,外观无量美色丑色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第四胜处。
内无色想,外观蓝色、蓝色调、蓝色相、蓝色光的色。就像亚麻花是蓝色、蓝色调、蓝色相、蓝色光的,或者像波罗奈两面磨光的布是蓝色、蓝色调、蓝色相、蓝色光的。同样地,内无色想,外观蓝色、蓝色调、蓝色相、蓝色光的色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第五胜处。
内无色想,外观黄色、黄色调、黄色相、黄色光的色。就像卡尼卡拉花是黄色、黄色调、黄色相、黄色光的,或者像波罗奈两面磨光的布是黄色、黄色调、黄色相、黄色光的。同样地,内无色想,外观黄色、黄色调、黄色相、黄色光的色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第六胜处。
内无色想,外观红色、红色调、红色相、红色光的色。就像般豆时婆迦花是红色、红色调、红色相、红色光的,或者像波罗奈两面磨光的布是红色、红色调、红色相、红色光的。同样地,内无色想,外观红色、红色调、红色相、红色光的色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第七胜处。
内无色想,外观白色、白色调、白色相、白色光的色。就像晨星是白色、白色调、白色相、白色光的,或者像波罗奈两面磨光的布是白色、白色调、白色相、白色光的。同样地,内无色想,外观白色、白色调、白色相、白色光的色。他有这样的想:'我知道它们,我看到它们,我胜过它们。'这是第八胜处。阿难,这就是八胜处。
八解脱
"阿难,有这八种解脱。哪八种?有色观色,这是第一解脱。内无色想,外观色,这是第二解脱。专注于'美',这是第三解脱。完全超越色想,灭除有对想,不作意种种想,〔思惟〕'空无边',成就并住于空无边处,这是第四解脱。完全超越空无边处,〔思惟〕'识无边',成就并住于识无边处,这是第五解脱。完全超越识无边处,〔思惟〕'无所有',成就并住于无所有处,这是第六解脱。完全超越无所有处,成就并住于非想非非想处,这是第七解脱。完全超越非想非非想处,成就并住于想受灭,这是第八解脱。阿难,这就是八解脱。

175. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.

176. ‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima , parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.

177. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.

Ānandayācanakathā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,有一次我住在乌鲁维罗(Uruvela)的尼连禅河(Nerañjarā)岸边的阿阇波罗尼拘律树下,刚刚证得无上正等正觉。那时,阿难,恶魔波旬来到我这里,站在一旁。站在一旁的恶魔波旬对我说:'世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。'阿难,我这样回答恶魔波旬:
'恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。
恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的比丘尼弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。
恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的优婆塞弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。
恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的优婆夷弟子们成为有能力的、训练有素的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、如法如律行道的、正确行道的、如法而行的,学习了自己的师承后能宣说、教导、安立、确立、开显、分别、阐明,能以法善巧地驳斥已生起的异说并说示神奇的法。
恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的这个梵行生活不兴盛、繁荣、广大、众所周知、广为流传,直到被天人善加宣说。'
"阿难,就在今天,在遮波罗塔,恶魔波旬来到我这里,站在一旁。站在一旁的恶魔波旬对我说:'世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。世尊,您曾经说过这样的话:"恶者,我不会入般涅槃,直到我的比丘弟子们......直到我的比丘尼弟子们......直到我的优婆塞弟子们......直到我的优婆夷弟子们......直到我的这个梵行生活不兴盛、繁荣、广大、众所周知、广为流传,直到被天人善加宣说。"世尊,现在您的梵行生活已经兴盛、繁荣、广大、众所周知、广为流传,已被天人善加宣说。世尊,请现在入般涅槃,善逝,请现在入般涅槃,世尊,现在是您入般涅槃的时候了。'
"阿难,我这样回答恶魔波旬:'恶者,你放心吧,如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从今天起三个月后,如来将入般涅槃。'阿难,就在今天,在遮波罗塔,如来正念正知地舍弃了寿行。"
阿难的请求的谈话

178. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

179. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
说了这些后,尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。"
"够了,阿难。不要请求如来,阿难,现在不是请求如来的时候。"第二次......第三次尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。"
"阿难,你相信如来的觉悟吗?""是的,世尊。""那么,阿难,你为什么要三次强迫如来呢?""世尊,我亲耳听世尊说过,亲自领受过:'阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。'""阿难,你相信吗?""是的,世尊。""因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误,当如来作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示时,你没能领悟,没有请求如来:'世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。'阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会两次拒绝,但第三次会接受。因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误。
"阿难,有一次我住在王舍城(Rājagaha)的灵鹫山。那时我对你说:'阿难,王舍城很迷人,灵鹫山很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使这样,阿难,当如来作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示时,你也没能领悟,没有请求如来:'世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。'阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会两次拒绝,但第三次会接受。因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误。

180. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

181. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

182. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,有一次我就住在王舍城的瞿昙榕树下......就住在王舍城的盗贼崖......就住在王舍城毗婆罗山侧的七叶窟......就住在王舍城仙人山侧的黑石......就住在王舍城寒林的蛇池岩......就住在王舍城的温泉林......就住在王舍城竹林栗鼠feeding ground......就住在王舍城耆婆芒果林......就住在王舍城鹿野苑。那时我对你说:'阿难,王舍城很迷人,灵鹫山很迷人,瞿昙榕树很迷人,盗贼崖很迷人,毗婆罗山侧的七叶窟很迷人,仙人山侧的黑石很迷人,寒林的蛇池岩很迷人,温泉林很迷人,竹林栗鼠feeding ground很迷人,耆婆芒果林很迷人,鹿野苑很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修......阿难,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使这样,阿难,当如来作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示时,你也没能领悟,没有请求如来:'世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。'阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会两次拒绝,但第三次会接受。因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误。
"阿难,有一次我就住在毗舍离(Vesālī)的优提那塔。那时我对你说:'阿难,毗舍离很迷人,优提那塔很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使这样,阿难,当如来作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示时,你也没能领悟,没有请求如来:'世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。'阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会两次拒绝,但第三次会接受。因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误。
"阿难,有一次我就住在毗舍离的瞿昙塔......就住在毗舍离的七柱塔......就住在毗舍离的多子塔......就住在毗舍离的娑兰塔......就在今天,我在遮波罗塔对你说:'阿难,毗舍离很迷人,优提那塔很迷人,瞿昙塔很迷人,七柱塔很迷人,多子塔很迷人,娑兰塔很迷人,遮波罗塔很迷人。阿难,任何人如果修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。阿难,如来已修习、多修四神足,使之成为车乘,作为基础,实行、熟习、善修,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫或更久。'即使这样,阿难,当如来作了如此明显的暗示,作了如此明显的表示时,你也没能领悟,没有请求如来:'世尊,请住世一劫,善逝,请住世一劫,为了众生的利益,为了众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。'阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会两次拒绝,但第三次会接受。因此,阿难,这是你的过失,这是你的错误。

183. ‘‘Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –

‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.

‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;

Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.

‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;

Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].

Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.

Nāgāpalokitaṃ



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,我不是早就告诉过你:'一切可爱可意的事物都有离别、分离、变异的本质。阿难,怎么可能得到这样的事:凡是生起、存在、有为、必然毁坏的事物,愿它不要毁坏?这是不可能的。'阿难,如来已舍弃、吐出、解脱、断除、远离了寿行,已明确地说:'如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从今天起三个月后,如来将入般涅槃。'如来不可能为了活命而收回这些话,这是不可能的。来吧,阿难,我们去大林重阁讲堂。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。
然后,世尊与尊者阿难一起去了大林重阁讲堂。到达后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你去把所有住在毗舍离附近的比丘都召集到集会堂。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,把所有住在毗舍离附近的比丘都召集到集会堂,然后走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,站在一旁。站在一旁的尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,比丘僧团已集合,请世尊认为现在是时候了。"
然后,世尊走向集会堂;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比丘们说:"因此,比丘们,我以证智所说的那些法,你们应当好好学习、修习、培育、多作,使这梵行生活能长久持续,这将为众生的利益,为众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。比丘们,什么是我以证智所说的那些法,你们应当好好学习、修习、培育、多作,使这梵行生活能长久持续,这将为众生的利益,为众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐?就是:四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道分。比丘们,这些就是我以证智所说的那些法,你们应当好好学习、修习、培育、多作,使这梵行生活能长久持续,这将为众生的利益,为众生的安乐,出于对世间的悲悯,为了天人的利益、福祉、安乐。"
然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,现在我告诉你们,诸行是衰败的本质,你们要以不放逸成就。如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从今天起三个月后,如来将入般涅槃。"世尊说了这些。说了这些后,善逝、导师又说了这些:
"我的寿命已成熟,我的生命所剩无几,
我将离开你们而去,我已为自己作了归依。
比丘们,要不放逸,要具念,要有好的戒行,
要有善定的思惟,要守护自己的心。
谁在这法与律中,住于不放逸,
他将舍弃生死轮回,作苦的终结。"
第三诵品
象的回顾

186. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;

Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.

‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;

Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.

Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

Catumahāpadesakathā

187. Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

188. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 

这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,进入毗舍离托钵。在毗舍离托钵后,吃完饭,收起钵食,像大象回顾一样回顾毗舍离,对尊者阿难说:"阿难,这将是如来最后一次看毗舍离。来吧,阿难,我们去般荼村。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。
然后,世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了般荼村。世尊住在般荼村。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达四法,我和你们长久以来就这样流转轮回。哪四法?比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达圣戒,我和你们长久以来就这样流转轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达圣定,我和你们长久以来就这样流转轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达圣慧,我和你们长久以来就这样流转轮回。比丘们,由于不觉悟、不通达圣解脱,我和你们长久以来就这样流转轮回。比丘们,现在这圣戒已觉悟、已通达,圣定已觉悟、已通达,圣慧已觉悟、已通达,圣解脱已觉悟、已通达,有爱已断,有结已尽,现在不再有后有。"世尊说了这些。说了这些后,善逝、导师又说了这些:
"戒、定、慧和无上解脱,
这些法已被有名声的乔达摩觉悟。
佛陀以证智了知后,向比丘们说法,
苦的终结者、具眼者、导师已入般涅槃。"
在那里,世尊住在般荼村时,也常常对比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培育的定有大果报、大利益。定所培育的慧有大果报、大利益。慧所培育的心正确地从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
四大教法的谈话
然后,世尊在般荼村随意住了一段时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去象村、芒果村、阎浮村、博伽城。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。然后,世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了博伽城。世尊住在博伽城的阿难塔。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,我将教导四大教法,你们要听,要好好作意,我将说。""是的,世尊。"那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说:
"比丘们,在这里,如果有比丘这样说:'朋友们,我亲耳听世尊说,亲自领受,这是法,这是律,这是导师的教导。'比丘们,对那个比丘的话,你们不应赞同,也不应反对。不赞同,不反对,要好好地记住那些文句,然后对照经典,比对律藏。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既不符合经典,也不一致于律,

4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

Kammāraputtacundavatthu



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实不是世尊的话,而是这个比丘误解了。'比丘们,你们应该舍弃它。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既符合经典,又一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实是世尊的话,而且这个比丘理解正确。'比丘们,你们应该记住这第一大教法。
比丘们,在这里,如果有比丘这样说:'在某处住着一个有长老、有首领的僧团。我从那个僧团亲耳听到,亲自领受,这是法,这是律,这是导师的教导。'比丘们,对那个比丘的话,你们不应赞同,也不应反对。不赞同,不反对,要好好地记住那些文句,然后对照经典,比对律藏。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既不符合经典,也不一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实不是世尊的话,而是那个僧团误解了。'比丘们,你们应该舍弃它。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既符合经典,又一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实是世尊的话,而且那个僧团理解正确。'比丘们,你们应该记住这第二大教法。
比丘们,在这里,如果有比丘这样说:'在某处住着许多学识渊博、通晓传统、持法、持律、持纲要的长老比丘。我从那些长老亲耳听到,亲自领受,这是法,这是律,这是导师的教导。'比丘们,对那个比丘的话,你们不应赞同......也不一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实不是世尊的话,而是那些长老误解了。'比丘们,你们应该舍弃它。如果对照经典......又一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实是世尊的话,而且那些长老理解正确。'比丘们,你们应该记住这第三大教法。
比丘们,在这里,如果有比丘这样说:'在某处住着一位学识渊博、通晓传统、持法、持律、持纲要的长老比丘。我从那位长老亲耳听到,亲自领受,这是法,这是律,这是导师的教导。'比丘们,对那个比丘的话,你们不应赞同,也不应反对。不赞同,不反对,要好好地记住那些文句,然后对照经典,比对律藏。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既不符合经典,也不一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实不是世尊的话,而是那位长老误解了。'比丘们,你们应该舍弃它。如果对照经典、比对律藏时,它们既符合经典,又一致于律,那么你们应该得出这个结论:'这确实是世尊的话,而且那位长老理解正确。'比丘们,你们应该记住这第四大教法。比丘们,你们应该记住这四大教法。"
在那里,世尊住在博伽城的阿难塔时,也常常对比丘们作这样的法谈:"这是戒,这是定,这是慧。戒所培育的定有大果报、大利益。定所培育的慧有大果报、大利益。慧所培育的心正确地从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
铁匠之子纯陀的事

189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;

Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.

Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,

Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;

Virecamāno [viriccamāno (sī. syā. ka.), viriñcamāno (?)] bhagavā avoca,

Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.

Pānīyāharaṇaṃ



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊在博伽城随意住了一段时间后,对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去波婆城。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。然后,世尊与大比丘僧团一起去了波婆城。在那里,世尊住在波婆城铁匠之子纯陀的芒果园。铁匠之子纯陀听说:"据说世尊已到达波婆城,住在我的芒果园。"然后,铁匠之子纯陀走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、令欢喜坐在一旁的铁匠之子纯陀。然后,被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、令欢喜的铁匠之子纯陀对世尊说:"世尊,请世尊和比丘僧团明天接受我的供养。"世尊以沉默表示接受。然后,铁匠之子纯陀知道世尊已接受,从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离开。
然后,铁匠之子纯陀在那夜过后,在自己家里准备了美味的硬食软食,还有大量的猪肉嫩煮,然后派人告诉世尊时间已到:"世尊,时间已到,饭已准备好了。"然后,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起去铁匠之子纯陀的家;到达后坐在准备好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对铁匠之子纯陀说:"纯陀,你准备的猪肉嫩煮,用那个来供养我。你准备的其他硬食软食,用那些来供养比丘僧团。""是的,世尊。"铁匠之子纯陀回答世尊后,用准备的猪肉嫩煮供养世尊,用准备的其他硬食软食供养比丘僧团。然后,世尊对铁匠之子纯陀说:"纯陀,剩下的猪肉嫩煮,你把它埋在坑里。纯陀,我看不到在天、魔、梵的世界,在沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生中,有谁吃了它能正确消化,除了如来。""是的,世尊。"铁匠之子纯陀回答世尊后,把剩下的猪肉嫩煮埋在坑里,然后走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、令欢喜坐在一旁的铁匠之子纯陀,然后从座位上起身离开。
然后,世尊吃了铁匠之子纯陀的饭后,生起了剧烈的病,血痢,有强烈的临死般的痛苦。世尊正念正知地忍受着,不受干扰。然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去拘尸那罗。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。
我听说,吃了铁匠纯陀的饭后,
智者遭受剧烈的临死般的病。
吃了猪肉嫩煮后,
导师生起了剧烈的病;
世尊一边排泄一边说,
"我要去拘尸那罗城。"
取水

191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī’’ti.

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.

Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.

Pukkusamallaputtavatthu



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊离开大路,走向一棵树下;到达后对尊者阿难说:"阿难,请你为我铺四折的大衣,我累了,阿难,我要坐下。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,铺好了四折的大衣。世尊坐在铺好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,请你给我拿些水来,我渴了,阿难,我要喝水。"说了这些后,尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,刚才有五百辆车经过,那被车轮搅动的水很少,混浊不清,正在流动。世尊,这附近有卡库陀河,水清澈甘美,清凉洁白,容易到达,令人愉悦。世尊可以在那里喝水,也可以使身体清凉。"
世尊第二次对尊者阿难说:"阿难,请你给我拿些水来,我渴了,阿难,我要喝水。"第二次尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,刚才有五百辆车经过,那被车轮搅动的水很少,混浊不清,正在流动。世尊,这附近有卡库陀河,水清澈甘美,清凉洁白,容易到达,令人愉悦。世尊可以在那里喝水,也可以使身体清凉。"
世尊第三次对尊者阿难说:"阿难,请你给我拿些水来,我渴了,阿难,我要喝水。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,拿着钵走向那条小河。那时,那条被车轮搅动的小河,水很少,混浊不清,正在流动,当尊者阿难走近时,变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流动。然后,尊者阿难想:"真是不可思议啊,真是未曾有啊,如来的大神通力,大威力。这条小河被车轮搅动,水很少,混浊不清,正在流动,当我走近时,变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流动。"他用钵盛水,走向世尊;到达后对世尊说:"不可思议啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,如来的大神通力,大威力。世尊,刚才那条小河被车轮搅动,水很少,混浊不清,正在流动,当我走近时,变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流动。请世尊饮水,请善逝饮水。"然后,世尊喝了水。
末罗族子富楼那的事

192. Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那时,末罗族子富楼那,阿罗罗·迦罗摩的弟子,正在从拘尸那罗到波婆城的路上。末罗族子富楼那看到世尊坐在一棵树下。看到后,他走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的末罗族子富楼那对世尊说:"不可思议啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,出家人确实以寂静的状态而住。世尊,从前,阿罗罗·迦罗摩在路上行走时,离开大路,在不远处一棵树下坐下来过午休。世尊,那时有五百辆车从阿罗罗·迦罗摩身边经过。然后,世尊,有一个人跟在那车队后面走来,走向阿罗罗·迦罗摩;到达后对阿罗罗·迦罗摩说:'尊者,你看到五百辆车经过吗?''朋友,我没有看到。''那么,尊者,你听到声音了吗?''朋友,我没有听到声音。''那么,尊者,你在睡觉吗?''朋友,我没有睡觉。''那么,尊者,你有意识吗?''是的,朋友。''那么,尊者,你有意识,清醒着,五百辆车从你身边经过,你既没有看到,也没有听到声音;而且,尊者,你的大衣上沾满了灰尘。''是的,朋友。'世尊,然后那个人想:'不可思议啊,未曾有啊,出家人确实以寂静的状态而住。竟然有意识,清醒着,五百辆车从身边经过,既没有看到,也没有听到声音!'他对阿罗罗·迦罗摩表示了崇高的信心后离开了。"

193. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?

‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"富楼那,你怎么认为,哪一个更难做到或更难实现 - 一个有意识、清醒的人,五百辆车从他身边经过,他既看不见也听不到声音;还是一个有意识、清醒的人,在天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下时,他既看不见也听不到声音?""世尊,五百辆车或六百辆车或七百辆车或八百辆车或九百辆车,甚至一千辆车或十万辆车又算得了什么?相比之下,一个有意识、清醒的人,在天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下时,他既看不见也听不到声音,这才是更难做到和更难实现的。"
"富楼那,有一次我住在阿图玛的谷仓里。那时,天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下,在谷仓不远处有两兄弟农夫和四头公牛被雷击中身亡。富楼那,然后阿图玛的一大群人出来,走向那两兄弟农夫和四头公牛被击中的地方。富楼那,那时我从谷仓出来,在谷仓门前的露天处经行。富楼那,然后那群人中的一个人走向我;到达后向我礼拜,站在一旁。富楼那,我对站在一旁的那个人说:'朋友,这么多人聚集在这里是为什么?''世尊,刚才天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下,有两兄弟农夫和四头公牛被雷击中身亡。这么多人就是为此聚集在这里。但是,世尊,你刚才在哪里?''朋友,我就在这里。''那么,世尊,你看到了吗?''朋友,我没有看到。''那么,世尊,你听到声音了吗?''朋友,我没有听到声音。''那么,世尊,你在睡觉吗?''朋友,我没有睡觉。''那么,世尊,你有意识吗?''是的,朋友。''那么,世尊,你有意识,清醒着,在天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下时,你既没有看到,也没有听到声音?''是的,朋友。'
"富楼那,然后那个人想:'不可思议啊,未曾有啊,出家人确实以寂静的状态而住。竟然有意识,清醒着,在天降大雨、雷声轰鸣、闪电闪耀、雷电劈下时,既没有看到,也没有听到声音!'他对我表示了崇高的信心,向我礼拜,右绕后离开了。"
说了这些后,末罗族子富楼那对世尊说:"世尊,我对阿罗罗·迦罗摩的信心,现在我把它抛到大风中或冲到急流的河里。太妙了,世尊!太妙了,世尊!就像有人扶起摔倒的,揭示被遮蔽的,为迷路者指明道路,在黑暗中举起油灯,让有眼之士得见诸色。同样地,世尊以种种方便开示了法。世尊,我归依世尊、法和比丘僧团。愿世尊接受我为优婆塞,从今天起终生归依。"

194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

195. Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;

Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.

196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.

Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,

Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;

Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo [sukilantarūpo (sī. pī.)],

Tathāgato appaṭimo ca [appaṭimodha (pī.)] loke.

Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],

Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;

Vattā [satthā (sī. syā. pī.)] pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,

Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.

Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,

Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;

So codito bhāvitattena cundo,

Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.

Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,

Cundopi tattha pamukhe [samukhe (ka.)] nisīdīti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,末罗族子富楼那对一个人说:"喂,你去给我拿一套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服来。""是的,尊者。"那个人回答末罗族子富楼那后,拿来了那套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服。然后,末罗族子富楼那把那套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服献给世尊,说:"世尊,这是一套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服,请世尊出于慈悲接受它。""那么,富楼那,用一件给我穿,一件给阿难穿。""是的,世尊。"末罗族子富楼那回答世尊后,用一件给世尊穿,一件给尊者阿难穿。然后,世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、令末罗族子富楼那欢喜。然后,被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、令欢喜的末罗族子富楼那从座位上起身,向世尊礼拜,右绕后离开。
然后,末罗族子富楼那离开不久,尊者阿难把那套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服披在世尊身上。披在世尊身上的那件衣服看起来失去了光泽。然后,尊者阿难对世尊说:"不可思议啊,世尊,未曾有啊,世尊,如来的肤色是多么清净、明亮。世尊,这套金色的、崭新的、可穿戴的衣服披在世尊身上,看起来失去了光泽。""阿难,确实如此,阿难,确实如此。阿难,在两个时候,如来的身体特别清净,肤色特别明亮。哪两个时候?阿难,一是如来证悟无上正等正觉的那个夜晚,二是如来在无余涅槃界般涅槃的那个夜晚。阿难,在这两个时候,如来的身体特别清净,肤色特别明亮。阿难,今天夜里最后一个时分,在拘尸那罗城郊外末罗族人的娑罗双树间,如来将要般涅槃。来吧,阿难,我们去卡库陀河。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。
富楼那献上金色崭新衣,
导师披上如金光闪耀。
然后,世尊与大比丘僧团一起去卡库陀河;到达后,下到卡库陀河中,洗浴、饮水后,上岸,向芒果园走去。到达后,对尊者纯陀说:"纯陀,请你为我铺四折的大衣,我累了,纯陀,我要躺下。"
"是的,世尊。"尊者纯陀回答世尊后,铺好了四折的大衣。然后,世尊以右胁而卧,作狮子卧,两脚相叠,具念正知,作意起身之想。尊者纯陀就坐在世尊面前不远处。
佛陀来到卡库陀河,
清澈甘美水清净;
导师下水身不倦,
如来世间无与匹。
洗浴饮水渡河后,
导师走在僧众中;
法主宣说此法已,
大仙来到芒果园。
呼唤比丘名纯陀,
为我铺四折大衣;
纯陀受教善修习,
迅速铺好四折衣。
导师躺下身不倦,
纯陀就坐在面前。

197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,

Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;

Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,

Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.

Catuttho bhāṇavāro.

Yamakasālā

198. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,或许有人会使铁匠之子纯陀生起后悔:'朋友纯陀,这对你是损失,这对你是不幸,如来吃了你最后的供养后就般涅槃了。'阿难,应该这样消除铁匠之子纯陀的后悔:'朋友纯陀,这对你是利益,这对你是幸运,如来吃了你最后的供养后才般涅槃。朋友纯陀,我亲耳从世尊那里听到,亲自领受 - 有两种供养的果报和果效是相等的,比其他供养的果报更大、利益更多。哪两种?一是如来吃了那供养后证悟无上正等正觉,二是如来吃了那供养后在无余涅槃界般涅槃。这两种供养的果报和果效是相等的,比其他供养的果报更大、利益更多。尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致长寿的业,尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致美貌的业,尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致快乐的业,尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致名声的业,尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致天界的业,尊者铁匠之子纯陀积累了能导致权力的业。'阿难,应该这样消除铁匠之子纯陀的后悔。"然后,世尊了知此义,于此时自说此偈:
"布施者福德增长,
自制者不积怨恨;
善人舍弃诸恶业,
贪嗔痴尽得涅槃。"
第四诵品
娑罗双树
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"来吧,阿难,我们去希连禅河对岸,去拘尸那罗城郊外末罗族人的娑罗树林。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。然后,世尊与大比丘僧团一起去希连禅河对岸,去拘尸那罗城郊外末罗族人的娑罗树林。到达后,对尊者阿难说:"阿难,请你在两棵娑罗树之间为我铺一张头朝北的床,我累了,阿难,我要躺下。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,在两棵娑罗树之间铺了一张头朝北的床。然后,世尊以右胁而卧,作狮子卧,两脚相叠,具念正知。
那时,那对娑罗树全部开满了非时花。它们落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花也从空中落下,落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的旃檀粉也从空中落下,落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的音乐也在空中奏响,以此供养如来。天上的歌声也在空中响起,以此供养如来。

199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.

Upavāṇatthero

200. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.

201. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.

‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.

Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,那对娑罗树全部开满了非时花。它们落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花也从空中落下,落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的旃檀粉也从空中落下,落在如来身上,覆盖如来身上,散落在如来身上,以此供养如来。天上的音乐也在空中奏响,以此供养如来。天上的歌声也在空中响起,以此供养如来。阿难,但仅仅如此,如来并没有受到尊敬、尊重、恭敬、供养、崇拜。阿难,无论是比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞还是优婆夷,只要如法而行、正确而行、随法而行,他就是在尊敬、尊重、恭敬、供养、崇拜如来,这是最高的供养。因此,阿难,你们应当如法而行、正确而行、随法而行。阿难,你们应当这样学习。"
优波摩长老
那时,尊者优波摩站在世尊面前为世尊扇凉。然后,世尊让尊者优波摩退下,说:"退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。"然后,尊者阿难想:"这位尊者优波摩长期以来一直是世尊的侍者,经常在身边,亲近服侍。然而,世尊在最后时刻却让尊者优波摩退下,说'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。'这是什么原因,什么缘由,世尊让尊者优波摩退下,说'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前'?"然后,尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,这位尊者优波摩长期以来一直是世尊的侍者,经常在身边,亲近服侍。然而,世尊在最后时刻却让尊者优波摩退下,说'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前。'世尊,这是什么原因,什么缘由,世尊让尊者优波摩退下,说'退下,比丘,不要站在我面前'?""阿难,大多数十方世界的天神都聚集来见如来。阿难,拘尸那罗城郊外末罗族人的娑罗树林方圆十二由旬,没有一处空间,即使是一根发丝尖端那么大的地方,不被大威力的天神所充满。阿难,天神们抱怨说:'我们从远处来见如来。如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世是很稀有的。今天夜里最后一个时分,如来就要般涅槃了。这位大威力的比丘站在世尊面前挡住了,我们在最后时刻无法见到如来。'"
"世尊,世尊所注意到的是什么样的天神呢?""阿难,有些天神在空中但认为自己在地上,他们披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。'
阿难,有些天神在地上但认为自己在地上,他们披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。'
但那些已离欲的天神,他们具念正知地忍受,想:'诸行无常,在这里怎么可能得到[常]呢?'"
四个令人震撼的地方

202. ‘‘Pubbe , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.

‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.

‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.

Ānandapucchākathā

203. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti . ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.

204. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.

205. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.

Thūpārahapuggalo



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"世尊,从前,在各方结夏安居的比丘们会来见如来。我们得以见到那些值得尊敬的比丘,得以亲近他们。但是,世尊,在世尊去世后,我们将无法见到那些值得尊敬的比丘,无法亲近他们。"
"阿难,有四个地方是有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。哪四个?阿难,'这里是如来出生的地方',这是有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。阿难,'这里是如来证悟无上正等正觉的地方',这是有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。阿难,'这里是如来转无上法轮的地方',这是有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。阿难,'这里是如来在无余涅槃界般涅槃的地方',这是有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。阿难,这就是四个有信仰的善男子应当去看的,会令人震撼的地方。
阿难,有信仰的比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷们会来这里,说:'这里是如来出生的地方','这里是如来证悟无上正等正觉的地方','这里是如来转无上法轮的地方','这里是如来在无余涅槃界般涅槃的地方'。阿难,凡是巡礼这些圣地时以信心死去的人,他们身坏命终后都将往生善趣、天界。"
阿难的问题
"世尊,我们应该如何对待女性?""阿难,不要看。""世尊,如果看到了,应该怎么做?""阿难,不要说话。""世尊,如果说话了,应该怎么做?""阿难,应当保持正念。"
"世尊,我们应该如何处理如来的遗体?""阿难,你们不要操心如来遗体的供养。来吧,阿难,你们要致力于自己的利益,专注于自己的利益,不放逸、热忱、专注地安住于自己的利益。阿难,有智慧的刹帝利、有智慧的婆罗门、有智慧的居士,他们对如来有净信,他们会供养如来的遗体。"
"世尊,应该如何处理如来的遗体?""阿难,应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。""世尊,他们是如何处理转轮圣王的遗体的?""阿难,他们用新布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,用新布包裹后再用梳过的棉花包裹,用梳过的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。以这种方式用五百层布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,然后放入盛满油的铁棺中,再用另一个铁棺盖上,用各种香料堆成火葬柴堆,然后火化转轮圣王的遗体。他们在四衢道口为转轮圣王建塔。阿难,这就是他们处理转轮圣王遗体的方式。阿难,应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。应该在四衢道口为如来建塔。在那里,凡是供养花、香、涂香,或礼拜,或生起净信的人,那将长久有益于他们,带来幸福。
应当建塔的人

206. ‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.

‘‘Kiñcānanda , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.

Ānandaacchariyadhammo

207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.

208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ , ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"阿难,有四种人应当为之建塔。哪四种?如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者应当为之建塔,辟支佛应当为之建塔,如来的弟子应当为之建塔,转轮圣王应当为之建塔。
阿难,出于什么原因,如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者应当为之建塔?阿难,'这是那位世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉者的塔',许多人因此生起净信。他们在那里生起净信后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,这就是如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者应当为之建塔的原因。
阿难,出于什么原因,辟支佛应当为之建塔?阿难,'这是那位世尊、辟支佛的塔',许多人因此生起净信。他们在那里生起净信后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,这就是辟支佛应当为之建塔的原因。
阿难,出于什么原因,如来的弟子应当为之建塔?阿难,'这是那位世尊、阿罗汉、正等正觉者的弟子的塔',许多人因此生起净信。他们在那里生起净信后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,这就是如来的弟子应当为之建塔的原因。
阿难,出于什么原因,转轮圣王应当为之建塔?阿难,'这是那位如法的法王的塔',许多人因此生起净信。他们在那里生起净信后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,这就是转轮圣王应当为之建塔的原因。阿难,这就是四种应当为之建塔的人。"
阿难的稀有法
然后,尊者阿难进入精舍,靠在门闩上哭泣着站着:"我还是有学,还有事要做,而我的导师就要般涅槃了,他对我有慈悲。"然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,阿难在哪里?""世尊,这位尊者阿难进入精舍,靠在门闩上哭泣着站着:'我还是有学,还有事要做,而我的导师就要般涅槃了,他对我有慈悲。'"然后,世尊对一位比丘说:"来,比丘,你以我的名义告诉阿难:'朋友阿难,导师叫你。'""是的,世尊。"那位比丘回答世尊后,走向尊者阿难;到达后对尊者阿难说:"朋友阿难,导师叫你。""是的,朋友。"尊者阿难回答那位比丘后,走向世尊;到达后向世尊礼拜,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的尊者阿难说:"够了,阿难,不要悲伤,不要哀叹。阿难,我不是早就告诉过你吗 - '一切可爱可意的事物都有离别、分离、变异'?阿难,怎么可能在这里得到[不变]呢?凡是生、有、有为、坏灭法,怎么可能不坏灭呢?这是不可能的。阿难,你长期以来以慈爱的身业、语业、意业,有益、快乐、无二、无量地侍奉如来。阿难,你已经做了善业,现在要精进修行,你很快就会成为无漏者。"
然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,过去世的阿罗汉、正等正觉者,他们的侍者最多也就像我的阿难这样。比丘们,未来世的阿罗汉、正等正觉者,他们的侍者最多也就像我的阿难这样。比丘们,阿难是聪明的;比丘们,阿难是有智慧的。他知道'这是比丘们来见如来的时候,这是比丘尼们来的时候,这是优婆塞们来的时候,这是优婆夷们来的时候,这是国王、大臣、外道、外道弟子们来的时候。'

209. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.

‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.

Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"比丘们,阿难有四种稀有、未曾有的法。哪四种?比丘们,如果比丘众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,比丘众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,如果比丘尼众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,比丘尼众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,如果优婆塞众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,优婆塞众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,如果优婆夷众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,优婆夷众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,这就是阿难的四种稀有、未曾有的法。
比丘们,转轮圣王也有四种稀有、未曾有的法。哪四种?比丘们,如果刹帝利众来见转轮圣王,见到他就欢喜。如果转轮圣王在那里说话,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,刹帝利众还没有满足,转轮圣王就沉默了。比丘们,如果婆罗门众...居士众...沙门众来见转轮圣王,见到他就欢喜。如果转轮圣王在那里说话,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,沙门众还没有满足,转轮圣王就沉默了。比丘们,同样地,阿难也有这四种稀有、未曾有的法。比丘们,如果比丘众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,比丘众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,如果比丘尼众...优婆塞众...优婆夷众来见阿难,见到他就欢喜。如果阿难在那里说法,他们听了也欢喜。比丘们,优婆夷众还没有满足,阿难就沉默了。比丘们,这就是阿难的四种稀有、未曾有的法。"
大善见王经的开示

210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.

‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.

Mallānaṃ vandanā

211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.

Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
听了这话,尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,请不要在这个小城、偏僻的城、支城里般涅槃。世尊,还有其他大城,如瞻波、王舍城、舍卫城、娑鸡多城、拘睒弥城、波罗奈城;请世尊在那里般涅槃。那里有许多富有的刹帝利、富有的婆罗门、富有的居士,他们对如来有净信。他们会供养如来的遗体。""阿难,不要这么说;阿难,不要这么说'小城、偏僻的城、支城'。
阿难,从前有一位名叫大善见的转轮圣王,他是如法的法王,统治四方,征服四方,国土安定,具足七宝。阿难,这拘尸那罗城就是大善见王的王都,当时叫做拘舍婆提。它东西长十二由旬,南北宽七由旬。阿难,拘舍婆提王都繁荣昌盛,人口众多,食物丰足。阿难,就像天神的王都阿拉卡曼陀繁荣昌盛,夜叉众多,食物丰足;同样地,阿难,拘舍婆提王都也是繁荣昌盛,人口众多,食物丰足。阿难,拘舍婆提王都昼夜充满十种声音,即:象声、马声、车声、鼓声、小鼓声、琵琶声、歌声、螺声、钹声、'吃饭喝酒'的声音。
阿难,你去进入拘尸那罗城,告诉拘尸那罗的末罗人:'婆谢特们,今天夜里最后一个时分,如来将要般涅槃。婆谢特们,请来吧,请来吧。不要后悔:'如来在我们村落的地界般涅槃了,我们却没有在最后时刻见到如来。'""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊后,穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,带着一位同伴进入拘尸那罗城。
末罗人的礼敬
那时,拘尸那罗的末罗人因某些事务聚集在集会堂。尊者阿难走向拘尸那罗末罗人的集会堂;到达后告诉拘尸那罗的末罗人:"婆谢特们,今天夜里最后一个时分,如来将要般涅槃。婆谢特们,请来吧,请来吧。不要后悔:'如来在我们村落的地界般涅槃了,我们却没有在最后时刻见到如来。'"听了尊者阿难的话,末罗人、末罗子、末罗媳、末罗妻悲伤、忧愁、心中痛苦,有的披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。"然后,末罗人、末罗子、末罗媳、末罗妻悲伤、忧愁、心中痛苦,走向末罗人的娑罗树林,走向尊者阿难。然后,尊者阿难想:"如果我让拘尸那罗的末罗人一个一个地礼敬世尊,世尊就会未被所有拘尸那罗的末罗人礼敬就天亮了。我不如让拘尸那罗的末罗人按家族排列,然后让他们礼敬世尊:'世尊,某某末罗人及其子、妻、随从、大臣以头礼敬世尊双足。'"然后,尊者阿难让拘尸那罗的末罗人按家族排列,然后让他们礼敬世尊:"世尊,某某末罗人及其子、妻、随从、大臣以头礼敬世尊双足。"尊者阿难用这种方法在第一个夜分就让拘尸那罗的末罗人礼敬了世尊。
须跋陀游行者的故事

212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.

213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那时,有一位名叫须跋陀的者住在拘尸那罗。须跋陀者听说:"据说今天夜里最后一个时分,沙门乔达摩将要般涅槃。"然后,须跋陀者想:"我听老年、年长的者们的师长们说:'如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世是很稀有的。'今天夜里最后一个时分,沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我有这个疑惑生起,我对沙门乔达摩这样有信心:'沙门乔达摩能为我说法,使我断除这个疑惑。'"然后,须跋陀者走向末罗人的娑罗树林,走向尊者阿难;到达后对尊者阿难说:"阿难先生,我听老年、年长的者们的师长们说:'如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世是很稀有的。'今天夜里最后一个时分,沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我有这个疑惑生起,我对沙门乔达摩这样有信心:'沙门乔达摩能为我说法,使我断除这个疑惑。'阿难先生,如果我能见到沙门乔达摩就好了。"听了这话,尊者阿难对须跋陀者说:"够了,须跋陀朋友,不要打扰如来,世尊已经疲倦了。"须跋陀者第二次...第三次对尊者阿难说:"阿难先生,我听老年、年长的者们的师长们说:'如来、阿罗汉、正等正觉者出现于世是很稀有的。'今天夜里最后一个时分,沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我有这个疑惑生起,我对沙门乔达摩这样有信心:'沙门乔达摩能为我说法,使我断除这个疑惑。'阿难先生,如果我能见到沙门乔达摩就好了。"尊者阿难第三次对须跋陀者说:"够了,须跋陀朋友,不要打扰如来,世尊已经疲倦了。"
世尊听到了尊者阿难与须跋陀者的这番对话。然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"够了,阿难,不要阻止须跋陀,让须跋陀来见如来吧。须跋陀无论问我什么,都是为了求知而问,不是为了打扰。我对他所问的作答,他很快就会理解。"然后,尊者阿难对须跋陀者说:"去吧,须跋陀朋友,世尊允许你了。"然后,须跋陀者走向世尊;到达后与世尊互相问候,寒暄了一番后,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的须跋陀者对世尊说:"乔达摩先生,那些有僧团、有群众、为群众之师、有名声、创立教派、为众人所认可的沙门、婆罗门,如富兰那迦叶、末伽梨瞿舍利、阿耆多翅舍钦婆罗、迦罗鸠驮迦旃延、散若耶毗罗梨子、尼乾陀若提子,他们是否都如自己所宣称的那样证悟了?还是都没有证悟?还是有些证悟了,有些没有证悟?""够了,须跋陀,放下这个问题吧 - '他们是否都如自己所宣称的那样证悟了?还是都没有证悟?还是有些证悟了,有些没有证悟?'须跋陀,我要为你说法;仔细听,好好思考,我要说了。""是的,世尊。"须跋陀**者回答世尊。世尊说:

214. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.

‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,

Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;

Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,

Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.

Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,

Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.

‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.

215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.

Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.

Tathāgatapacchimavācā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"须跋陀,在任何法律中,如果没有八支圣道,那里就没有沙门。那里也没有第二沙门、第三沙门、第四沙门。须跋陀,在任何法律中,如果有八支圣道,那里就有沙门,也有第二沙门、第三沙门、第四沙门。须跋陀,在这个法律中有八支圣道,只有在这里才有沙门,这里有第二沙门,这里有第三沙门,这里有第四沙门,其他教派空无沙门。须跋陀,如果这些比丘正确地生活,世间就不会缺少阿罗汉。
须跋陀,我二十九岁时,
为寻求善法而出家;
须跋陀,我出家已经,
五十多年了。
我是正法的部分实践者,
在此之外没有沙门。
也没有第二沙门。没有第三沙门。没有第四沙门。其他教派空无沙门。须跋陀,如果这些比丘正确地生活,世间就不会缺少阿罗汉。"
听了这话,须跋陀**者对世尊说:"太好了,世尊!太好了,世尊!世尊,就像扶起倒下的东西,揭开遮蔽的东西,为迷路者指路,在黑暗中举起油灯,'有眼睛的人就能看见形色',世尊以种种方式阐明了法。世尊,我归依世尊,归依法,归依比丘僧团。愿我能在世尊面前出家,受具足戒。""须跋陀,如果从前属于其他教派的人想在这个法律中出家,想受具足戒,他必须四个月别住。四个月后,如果比丘们满意,就让他出家,让他受具足戒成为比丘。不过,我知道个人之间是有差异的。""世尊,如果从前属于其他教派的人想在这个法律中出家,想受具足戒,必须四个月别住,四个月后,如果比丘们满意,就让他出家,让他受具足戒成为比丘,那么我愿意别住四年。四年后,如果比丘们满意,就让我出家,让我受具足戒成为比丘。"
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"那么,阿难,让须跋陀出家吧。""是的,世尊。"尊者阿难回答世尊。然后,须跋陀者对尊者阿难说:"阿难朋友,你们有福了;阿难朋友,你们得到了好处,你们在这里得到了导师亲自给予的弟子灌顶。"须跋陀者在世尊面前得到了出家,得到了具足戒。受具足戒不久,尊者须跋陀独处、远离、不放逸、热忱、专注地生活,不久就 - 善男子正是为此而从在家出家 - 在现法中自己证知、证悟、成就了无上梵行的究竟。他了知:"生已尽,梵行已立,所作已办,不受后有。"尊者须跋陀成为阿罗汉之一。他是世尊最后的亲证弟子。
第五诵分终。
如来最后的话

216. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.

217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.

218. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

Parinibbutakathā



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊对尊者阿难说:"阿难,你们可能会这样想:'教导已经失去了导师,我们没有导师了。'阿难,不应该这样看。阿难,我为你们所说、所制定的法和律,在我去世后就是你们的导师。阿难,现在比丘们互相以'朋友'相称,在我去世后不应该这样称呼。阿难,资深的比丘应该用名字、姓氏或'朋友'来称呼年轻的比丘。年轻的比丘应该用'尊者'或'大德'来称呼资深的比丘。阿难,如果僧团愿意,在我去世后可以废除小小戒。阿难,在我去世后,应该对车匿比丘实行梵罚。""世尊,什么是梵罚?""阿难,让车匿比丘说他想说的。比丘们不应该与他说话,不应该劝告他,不应该教导他。"
然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,如果有任何一位比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或犹豫,你们就问吧,比丘们。不要后悔:'导师就在我们面前,我们却没能当面问导师。'"说了这话,那些比丘保持沉默。世尊第二次...第三次对比丘们说:"比丘们,如果有任何一位比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或犹豫,你们就问吧,比丘们。不要后悔:'导师就在我们面前,我们却没能当面问导师。'"第三次那些比丘还是保持沉默。然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,也许你们因为尊敬导师而不问。比丘们,那就让朋友告诉朋友吧。"说了这话,那些比丘保持沉默。然后,尊者阿难对世尊说:"世尊,真是不可思议,真是稀有!世尊,我如此相信这个比丘僧团,'没有任何一位比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或犹豫。'""阿难,你是出于信心而说,但如来在这里有确切的知识。阿难,在这个比丘僧团中,没有任何一位比丘对佛、法、僧、道或修行有疑惑或犹豫。阿难,在这五百位比丘中,最后一位也是预流果,不堕恶趣,必定证悟。"
然后,世尊对比丘们说:"比丘们,现在我告诉你们,有为法是无常的,你们要精进不放逸!"这是如来最后的话。
般涅槃的叙述

219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha , bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.

220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;

Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;

Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.

221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.

222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;

Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.

‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;

Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.

223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.

224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,世尊进入初禅,从初禅出来后进入二禅,从二禅出来后进入三禅,从三禅出来后进入四禅。从四禅出来后进入空无边处,从空无边处定出来后进入识无边处,从识无边处定出来后进入无所有处,从无所有处定出来后进入非想非非想处,从非想非非想处定出来后进入想受灭尽定。
然后,尊者阿难对尊者阿那律说:"阿那律尊者,世尊已经般涅槃了。""阿难朋友,世尊还没有般涅槃,他进入了想受灭尽定。"
然后,世尊从想受灭尽定出来后进入非想非非想处,从非想非非想处定出来后进入无所有处,从无所有处定出来后进入识无边处,从识无边处定出来后进入空无边处,从空无边处定出来后进入四禅,从四禅出来后进入三禅,从三禅出来后进入二禅,从二禅出来后进入初禅,从初禅出来后进入二禅,从二禅出来后进入三禅,从三禅出来后进入四禅,从四禅出来后,世尊立即般涅槃。
世尊般涅槃时,同时发生了可怕的、令人毛骨悚然的大地震。天鼓也自然响起。世尊般涅槃时,大梵天王说了这个偈颂:
"一切生命都将舍弃身体,
在这世间,
像这样的导师,世间无与伦比,
如来具足力量,正等正觉,已经般涅槃。"
世尊般涅槃时,帝释天王说了这个偈颂:
"诸行无常,
是生灭法,
生已还灭,
寂灭为乐。"
世尊般涅槃时,尊者阿那律说了这些偈颂:
"那样的人,心已止息,
没有呼吸,
无动摇,趣向寂静,
牟尼入灭的时刻到了。
以不退缩的心,
忍受着痛苦,
如灯熄灭,
心得解脱。"
世尊般涅槃时,尊者阿难说了这个偈颂:
"那时是可怕的,
那时是令人毛骨悚然的,
具足一切殊胜相好的正等正觉者,
般涅槃了。"
世尊般涅槃时,那些还没有离欲的比丘,有些举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。"但那些已经离欲的比丘,他们正念正知地忍受着:"诸行无常,在这里怎么可能得到[不变]呢?"

225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?

‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.

226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.

Buddhasarīrapūjā

227. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
然后,尊者阿那律对比丘们说:"够了,朋友们,不要悲伤,不要哀叹。朋友们,世尊不是早就说过:'一切可爱可意的事物都有别离、分离、变异'吗?朋友们,在这里怎么可能得到[不变]呢?'凡是生、有、有为、坏灭之法,怎么可能不坏灭呢?'这是不可能的。朋友们,天神们在抱怨。""阿那律尊者,您所注意到的天神是什么样的?"
"阿难朋友,有些天神在空中,认为自己在地上,他们披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。'阿难朋友,有些天神在地上,认为自己在地上,他们披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:'世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。'但那些已经离欲的天神,他们正念正知地忍受着:'诸行无常,在这里怎么可能得到[不变]呢?'"然后,尊者阿那律和尊者阿难以法谈度过了那夜剩余的时间。
然后,尊者阿那律对尊者阿难说:"阿难朋友,去吧,进入拘尸那罗城,告诉拘尸那罗的末罗人:'婆谢特们,世尊已经般涅槃了,现在你们认为是时候了。'""是的,尊者。"尊者阿难回答尊者阿那律后,在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,带着一位同伴进入拘尸那罗城。那时,拘尸那罗的末罗人因同样的事务聚集在集会堂。然后,尊者阿难走向拘尸那罗末罗人的集会堂;到达后告诉拘尸那罗的末罗人:"婆谢特们,世尊已经般涅槃了,现在你们认为是时候了。"听了尊者阿难的话,末罗人、末罗子、末罗媳、末罗妻悲伤、忧愁、心中痛苦,有的披散头发哭泣,举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。"
供养佛陀遗体
然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人命令手下:"那么,先生们,请在拘尸那罗收集香料、花环和所有的音乐器具。"然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人带着香料、花环、所有的音乐器具和五百对衣服,走向末罗人的娑罗树林,走向世尊的遗体;到达后,他们以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,制作布帐,准备圆形帐篷,这样度过了一天。
然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人想:"今天火化世尊的遗体太晚了,明天我们再火化世尊的遗体吧。"然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,制作布帐,准备圆形帐篷,这样又度过了第二天,第三天,第四天,第五天,第六天。
然后,到了第七天,拘尸那罗的末罗人想:"我们以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,将它从城南绕城而行,然后在城外南方火化世尊的遗体吧。"

228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.

230. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.

Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.

Mahākassapattheravatthu



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那时,八位洗过头、穿着新衣的末罗首领想:"我们要抬起世尊的遗体",但他们无法抬起。然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人对尊者阿那律说:"阿那律尊者,是什么原因,什么条件,使得这八位洗过头、穿着新衣的末罗首领想:'我们要抬起世尊的遗体',却无法抬起?""婆谢特们,你们的意图是一回事,天神们的意图是另一回事。""尊者,天神们的意图是什么?""婆谢特们,你们的意图是:'我们以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,将它从城南绕城而行,然后在城外南方火化世尊的遗体。'婆谢特们,天神们的意图是:'我们以天界的舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,将它从城北绕城而行,从北门进城,穿过城中,从东门出城,然后在城东末罗人的庙宇名叫冠带处火化世尊的遗体。'""尊者,就按天神们的意图来吧。"
那时,拘尸那罗城到处都铺满了膝盖深的曼陀罗花。然后,天神们和拘尸那罗的末罗人以天界和人间的舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗体,将它从城北绕城而行,从北门进城,穿过城中,从东门出城,然后在城东末罗人的庙宇名叫冠带处安放世尊的遗体。
然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人对尊者阿难说:"阿难尊者,我们应该如何处理如来的遗体?""婆谢特们,应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。""阿难尊者,他们是如何处理转轮圣王的遗体的?""婆谢特们,他们用新布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,用新布包裹后再用梳过的棉花包裹,用梳过的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。用这种方法用五百层双层布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,然后放入盛满油的铁棺中,用另一个铁棺盖上,用各种香料做成火葬柴堆,然后火化转轮圣王的遗体。他们在四衢道口为转轮圣王建塔。婆谢特们,这就是他们处理转轮圣王遗体的方法。应该像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样处理如来的遗体。应该在四衢道口为如来建塔。在那里,凡是供奉花环、香料、涂香,或者礼拜,或者生起净信的人,那将长久地带来他们的利益和快乐。"然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人命令手下:"那么,先生们,请收集末罗人的梳过的棉花。"
然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人用新布包裹世尊的遗体,用新布包裹后再用梳过的棉花包裹,用梳过的棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。用这种方法用五百层双层布包裹世尊的遗体,然后放入盛满油的铁棺中,用另一个铁棺盖上,用各种香料做成火葬柴堆,然后将世尊的遗体放上火葬柴堆。
大迦叶长老的故事

231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.

232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.

233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
那时,尊者大迦叶与大约五百位比丘一起从波婆(Pāvā)向拘尸那罗(Kusināra)走在大路上。然后,尊者大迦叶离开大路,坐在一棵树下。那时,一位阿耆婆教徒从拘尸那罗拿着曼陀罗花向波婆走在大路上。尊者大迦叶远远地看见那位阿耆婆教徒走来,看见后对那位阿耆婆教徒说:"朋友,你知道我们的导师吗?""是的,朋友,我知道,沙门乔达摩七天前般涅槃了。我从那里拿了这朵曼陀罗花。"在那里,那些还没有离欲的比丘,有些举臂哭泣,扑倒在地,打滚翻腾,说:"世尊太快般涅槃了,善逝太快般涅槃了,世间的慧眼太快消失了。"但那些已经离欲的比丘,他们正念正知地忍受着:"诸行无常,在这里怎么可能得到[不变]呢?"
那时,一位名叫须跋陀的老年出家人坐在那个集会中。然后,老年出家人须跋陀对那些比丘说:"够了,朋友们,不要悲伤,不要哀叹,我们已经很好地摆脱了那位大沙门。我们被他困扰着:'这个你们可以做,这个你们不可以做。'现在我们想做什么就做什么,不想做什么就不做什么。"然后,尊者大迦叶对比丘们说:"够了,朋友们,不要悲伤,不要哀叹。朋友们,世尊不是早就说过:'一切可爱可意的事物都有别离、分离、变异'吗?朋友们,在这里怎么可能得到[不变]呢?'凡是生、有、有为、坏灭之法,如来的身体怎么可能不坏灭呢?'这是不可能的。"
那时,四位洗过头、穿着新衣的末罗首领想:"我们要点燃世尊的火葬柴堆",但他们无法点燃。然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人对尊者阿那律说:"阿那律尊者,是什么原因,什么条件,使得这四位洗过头、穿着新衣的末罗首领想:'我们要点燃世尊的火葬柴堆',却无法点燃?""婆谢特们,天神们的意图是另一回事。""尊者,天神们的意图是什么?""婆谢特们,天神们的意图是:'这位尊者大迦叶与大约五百位比丘一起从波婆向拘尸那罗走在大路上。在尊者大迦叶用头礼拜世尊的双足之前,世尊的火葬柴堆不会燃烧。'""尊者,就按天神们的意图来吧。"
然后,尊者大迦叶走向拘尸那罗末罗人的庙宇名叫冠带处,走向世尊的火葬柴堆;到达后整理上衣,合掌,绕火葬柴堆三圈,然后用头礼拜世尊的双足。那五百位比丘也整理上衣,合掌,绕火葬柴堆三圈,然后用头礼拜世尊的双足。当尊者大迦叶和那五百位比丘礼拜完毕,世尊的火葬柴堆自己燃烧起来。

235. Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.

Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ

236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti .

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.

237. Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –

‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,

Amhāka [chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ niggahītalopo]; Buddho ahu khantivādo;

Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,

Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.

Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,

Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;

Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,

Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
当世尊的遗体被火化时,无论是皮肤、表皮、肉、筋、关节滑液,都没有出现灰烬或煤灰;只剩下骨头。就像当酥油或油被燃烧时,不会出现灰烬或煤灰;同样地,当世尊的遗体被火化时,无论是皮肤、表皮、肉、筋、关节滑液,都没有出现灰烬或煤灰;只剩下骨头。在那五百对衣服中,只有两件没有被烧掉,就是最里面的和最外面的。当世尊的遗体被火化后,从天空中出现水流,熄灭了世尊的火葬柴堆。从沙罗树中也涌出水来,熄灭了世尊的火葬柴堆。拘尸那罗的末罗人也用各种香水熄灭了世尊的火葬柴堆。然后,拘尸那罗的末罗人在集会堂里用武器围成栅栏,用弓箭围成围墙,用舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花环、香料来尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养世尊的遗骨七天。
分配遗骨
摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我也是刹帝利,我也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
毗舍离的离车人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,毗舍离的离车人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
迦毗罗卫的释迦人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,迦毗罗卫的释迦人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊是我们最尊贵的亲戚,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
阿拉迦帕的布利人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,阿拉迦帕的布利人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
罗摩村的拘利人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,罗摩村的拘利人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
毗提波婆罗门听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,毗提波婆罗门派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊是刹帝利,我是婆罗门,我也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
波婆的末罗人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,波婆的末罗人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。"
听了这话,拘尸那罗的末罗人对这些团体说:"世尊在我们村庄的土地上般涅槃,我们不会给出世尊遗骨的一份。"
听了这话,婆罗门陀那对这些团体说:
"诸位请听我一言,
我们的佛陀教导忍耐;
对于最高的人,
为了遗骨而争斗是不好的。
让我们所有人团结一致,
和睦相处,分成八份;
让塔庙遍布各方,
让许多人对有慧眼者生起信心。"

238. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.

Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].

Dhātuthūpapūjā

239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.



这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
"那么,婆罗门,你就把世尊的遗骨平均地分成八份吧。""好的,先生们。"婆罗门陀那回答那些团体后,把世尊的遗骨平均地分成八份,然后对那些团体说:"请诸位给我这个量器,我也要为这量器建塔和举行大典。"他们给了婆罗门陀那那个量器。
毗波利林的摩利耶人听说:"据说世尊在拘尸那罗般涅槃了。"然后,毗波利林的摩利耶人派使者到拘尸那罗的末罗人那里说:"世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应该得到世尊遗骨的一份,我们也要为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。""世尊的遗骨已经没有份了,世尊的遗骨已经分完了。从这里拿些灰烬去吧。"他们从那里拿走了灰烬。
供养遗骨塔
然后,摩揭陀国阿阇世王韦提希子在王舍城为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。毗舍离的离车人在毗舍离为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。迦毗罗卫的释迦人在迦毗罗卫为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。阿拉迦帕的布利人在阿拉迦帕为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。罗摩村的拘利人在罗摩村为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。毗提波婆罗门在毗提波为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。波婆的末罗人在波婆为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。拘尸那罗的末罗人在拘尸那罗为世尊的遗骨建塔和举行大典。婆罗门陀那为量器建塔和举行大典。毗波利林的摩利耶人在毗波利林为灰烬建塔和举行大典。这样,有八座遗骨塔,第九座是量器塔,第十座是灰烬塔。过去就是这样的。

240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.

Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.

Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;

Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.

Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,

Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;

Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,

Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.

Devindanāgindanarindapūjito ,

Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;

Taṃ vandatha [taṃ taṃ vandatha (syā.)] pañjalikā labhitvā,

Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.

Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;

Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.

Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.

这是我对所给文本的完整直译:
有慧眼者的遗骨八斗,七斗在阎浮提受尊敬。
最上等人的一斗,在罗摩村受龙王尊敬。
一颗牙齿在天界受供养,另一颗在犍陀罗城受尊敬;
还有一颗在迦陵伽王的领地,另一颗则受龙王尊敬。

由于他的威力,这大地
以最上等的供品装饰;
这样,有慧眼者的遗骨,
受到尊敬者的善好尊敬。

受天帝、龙王、人王供养,
同样也受人中最上者供养;
你们应合掌礼拜它,得到它,
佛陀确实百劫难遇。

四十颗牙齿,头发和体毛全部,
天神们各取一个,遍布整个世界系。
大般涅槃经第三完结。


